In the second year of his reign, Nebuchadnezzar had dreams that troubled his spirit, and sleep escaped him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁתַּ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתַּ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ta·yim
                
                
                     In the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ta·yim
         In the second 
    
 
        
            וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiš·naṯ
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiš·naṯ
         year 
    
 
        
            נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     of his 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5019 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar or Nebuchadrezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         of his 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכוּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכוּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     reign , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, royal power, reign, kingdom, sovereign power <BR> 1a) royal power, dominion <BR> 1b) reign <BR> 1c) kingdom, realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·ḵūṯ
         reign , 
    
 
        
            נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5019 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar or Nebuchadrezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            חָלַ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָלַ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lam
                
                
                     had dreams 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2492 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dream <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to dream (ordinary) <BR> 1a2) to dream (prophetic) <BR> 1a3) to dream (of false prophets) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to dream<BR> 2) to be healthy, be strong <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be healthy <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) to restore to health 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lam
         had dreams 
    
 
        
            חֲלֹמ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלֹמ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lō·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream <BR> 1a) dream (ordinary) <BR> 1b) dream (with prophetic meaning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lō·mō·wṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַתִּתְפָּ֣עֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּתְפָּ֣עֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tiṯ·pā·‘em
                
                
                     that troubled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6470 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust, impel, push, beat persistently <BR> 1a) (Qal) to impel <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be beaten, be disturbed <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to be disturbed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tiṯ·pā·‘em
         that troubled 
    
 
        
            רוּח֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּח֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥōw
                
                
                     his spirit , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥōw
         his spirit , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁנָת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁנָת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·nā·ṯōw
                
                
                     and sleep 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8142 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sleep 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·nā·ṯōw
         and sleep 
    
 
        
            נִהְיְתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִהְיְתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nih·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     escaped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nih·yə·ṯāh
         escaped 
    
 
        
            עָלָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the king gave orders to summon the magicians, enchanters, sorcerers, and astrologers to explain his dreams. When they came and stood before the king,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַ֠מֶּלֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠מֶּלֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     So the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         So the king 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         gave orders 
    
 
        
            לִקְרֹ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרֹ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rō
                
                
                     to summon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rō
         to summon 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽאַשָּׁפִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽאַשָּׁפִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·’aš·šā·p̄îm
                
                
                     the magicians , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) necromancer, conjurer, <BR> 2) (TWOT) astrologer, enchanter, exorcist 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·’aš·šā·p̄îm
         the magicians , 
    
 
        
            לַֽחַרְטֻמִּ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽחַרְטֻמִּ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥar·ṭum·mîm
                
                
                     enchanters , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2748 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) diviner, magician, astrologer <BR> 1a) engraver, writer (only in derivative sense of one possessed of occult knowledge) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥar·ṭum·mîm
         enchanters , 
    
 
        
            וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lam·ḵaš·šə·p̄îm
                
                
                     sorcerers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to practice witchcraft or sorcery, use witchcraft <BR> 1a) sorcerer, sorceress (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lam·ḵaš·šə·p̄îm
         sorcerers , 
    
 
        
            וְלַכַּשְׂדִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַכַּשְׂדִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lak·kaś·dîm
                
                
                     and astrologers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3778 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldea or Chaldeans = |clod-breakers| <BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a territory in lower Mesopotamia bordering on the Persian Gulf <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 3) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lak·kaś·dîm
         and astrologers 
    
 
        
            לְהַגִּ֥יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַגִּ֥יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hag·gîḏ
                
                
                     to explain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be conspicuous, tell, make known <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) to tell, declare <BR> 1a1) to tell, announce, report <BR> 1a2) to declare, make known, expound <BR> 1a3) to inform of <BR> 1a4) to publish, declare, proclaim <BR> 1a5) to avow, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a5a) messenger (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) to be told, be announced, be reported 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hag·gîḏ
         to explain 
    
 
        
            לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·me·leḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·me·leḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            חֲלֹמֹתָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלֹמֹתָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lō·mō·ṯāw
                
                
                     his dreams . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream <BR> 1a) dream (ordinary) <BR> 1b) dream (with prophetic meaning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lō·mō·ṯāw
         his dreams . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֕אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֕אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     When they came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         When they came 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘am·ḏū
                
                
                     and stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘am·ḏū
         and stood 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         the king , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            he said to them, “I have had a dream, and my spirit is anxious to understand it.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         he 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֧אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֧אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said to them , 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲל֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲל֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lō·wm
                
                
                     “ I have had a dream 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream <BR> 1a) dream (ordinary) <BR> 1b) dream (with prophetic meaning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lō·wm
         “ I have had a dream 
    
 
        
            חָלָ֑מְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָלָ֑מְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lā·mə·tî
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2492 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dream <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to dream (ordinary) <BR> 1a2) to dream (prophetic) <BR> 1a3) to dream (of false prophets) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to dream<BR> 2) to be healthy, be strong <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be healthy <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) to restore to health 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lā·mə·tî
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            רוּחִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥî
                
                
                     and my spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥî
         and my spirit 
    
 
        
            וַתִּפָּ֣עֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּפָּ֣עֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tip·pā·‘em
                
                
                     is anxious 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6470 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust, impel, push, beat persistently <BR> 1a) (Qal) to impel <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be beaten, be disturbed <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to be disturbed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tip·pā·‘em
         is anxious 
    
 
        
            לָדַ֖עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָדַ֖עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḏa·‘aṯ
                
                
                     to understand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḏa·‘aṯ
         to understand 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַחֲלֽוֹם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֲלֽוֹם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥă·lō·wm
                
                
                     it . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream <BR> 1a) dream (ordinary) <BR> 1b) dream (with prophetic meaning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥă·lō·wm
         it . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the astrologers answered the king in Aramaic, “O king, may you live forever! Tell your servants the dream, and we will give the interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַכַּשְׂדִּ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּשְׂדִּ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kaś·dîm
                
                
                     Then the astrologers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3778 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldea or Chaldeans = |clod-breakers| <BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a territory in lower Mesopotamia bordering on the Persian Gulf <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 3) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kaś·dîm
         Then the astrologers 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְדַבְּר֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְדַבְּר֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bə·rū
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bə·rū
         answered 
    
 
        
            לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·me·leḵ
         the king 
    
 
        
            אֲרָמִ֑ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲרָמִ֑ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rā·mîṯ
                
                
                     in Aramaic , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        762 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aramaic = |language|<BR> 1) the language of Aram, Aramaic 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rā·mîṯ
         in Aramaic , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ O king , 
    
 
        
            חֱיִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱיִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·yî
                
                
                     may you live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·yî
         may you live 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     forever ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         forever ! 
    
 
        
            אֱמַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·mar
                
                
                     Tell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·mar
         Tell 
    
 
        
            לְעַבְדַּיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַבְדַּיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ʿaḇ·da·yiḵ
                
                
                     your servants 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) servant, slave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ʿaḇ·da·yiḵ
         your servants 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream , 
    
 
        
            נְחַוֵּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחַוֵּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥaw·wê
                
                
                     and we will give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥaw·wê
         and we will give 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     the interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rā
         the interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king replied to the astrologers, “My word is final: If you do not tell me the dream and its interpretation, you will be cut into pieces and your houses will be reduced to rubble.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         replied 
    
 
        
            לְכַשְׂדָּיֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַשְׂדָּיֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵaś·då̄·yē
                
                
                     to the astrologers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵaś·då̄·yē
         to the astrologers , 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     “ My word 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         “ My word 
    
 
        
            מִנִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַזְדָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַזְדָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’az·dā
                
                
                     is final : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        230 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’az·dā
         is final : 
    
 
        
            הֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     If 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         If 
    
 
        
            לָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     you do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         you do not 
    
 
        
            תְהֽוֹדְעוּנַּ֙נִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְהֽוֹדְעוּנַּ֙נִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn·na·nî
                
                
                     tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn·na·nî
         tell me 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and its interpretation , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and its interpretation , 
    
 
        
            תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiṯ·‘aḇ·ḏūn
                
                
                     you will be cut 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiṯ·‘aḇ·ḏūn
         you will be cut 
    
 
        
            הַדָּמִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּמִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·mîn
                
                
                     into pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1917 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) member, limb, member of the body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·mîn
         into pieces 
    
 
        
            וּבָתֵּיכ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָתֵּיכ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇāt·tê·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     and your houses 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇāt·tê·ḵō·wn
         and your houses 
    
 
        
            יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tə·śā·mūn
                
                
                     will be reduced 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tə·śā·mūn
         will be reduced 
    
 
        
            נְוָלִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְוָלִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·wā·lî
                
                
                     to rubble . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuse-heap, dunghill, outhouse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·wā·lî
         to rubble . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But if you tell me the dream and its interpretation, you will receive from me gifts and rewards and great honor. So tell me the dream and its interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהֵ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hên
                
                
                     But if 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hên
         But if 
    
 
        
            תְּֽהַחֲוֺ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּֽהַחֲוֺ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ha·ḥă·wōn
                
                
                     you tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ha·ḥă·wōn
         you tell me 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and its interpretation , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and its interpretation , 
    
 
        
            תְּקַבְּל֖וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּקַבְּל֖וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qab·bə·lūn
                
                
                     you will receive 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6902 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to receive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qab·bə·lūn
         you will receive 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            קֳדָמָ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמָ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·māy
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·māy
         me 
    
 
        
            מַתְּנָ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַתְּנָ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mat·tə·nān
                
                
                     gifts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4978 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mat·tə·nān
         gifts 
    
 
        
            וּנְבִזְבָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְבִזְבָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḇiz·bāh
                
                
                     and rewards 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5023 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḇiz·bāh
         and rewards 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֔יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֔יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     and great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         and great 
    
 
        
            וִיקָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיקָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qār
                
                
                     honor . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qār
         honor . 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֕ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֕ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         So 
    
 
        
            הַחֲוֺֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֲוֺֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥă·wō·nî
                
                
                     tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥă·wō·nî
         tell me 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and its interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and its interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They answered a second time, “Let the king tell the dream to his servants, and we will give the interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲנ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nōw
                
                
                     They answered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nōw
         They answered 
    
 
        
            תִנְיָנ֖וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִנְיָנ֖וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯin·yā·nūṯ
                
                
                     a second time , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8579 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the second time, again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯin·yā·nūṯ
         a second time , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ Let the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ Let the king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     tell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         tell 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            יֵאמַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵאמַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְעַבְד֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַבְד֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
                
                
                     to his servants , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) servant, slave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
         to his servants , 
    
 
        
            נְהַחֲוֵֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְהַחֲוֵֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ha·ḥă·wêh
                
                
                     and we will give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ha·ḥă·wêh
         and we will give 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rāh
                
                
                     the interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rāh
         the interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king replied, “I know for sure that you are stalling for time because you see that my word is final.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     replied , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         replied , 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     “ I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         “ I 
    
 
        
            יָדַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘
                
                
                     know 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘
         know 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         for 
    
 
        
            יַצִּיב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַצִּיב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaṣ·ṣîḇ
                
                
                     sure 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n <BR> 1) the truth <BR> adv <BR> 2) surely, reliably, truly <BR> adj <BR> 3) reliable, true, certain, sure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaṣ·ṣîḇ
         sure 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            אַנְתּ֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתּ֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’an·tūn
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. pl.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’an·tūn
         you 
    
 
        
            זָבְנִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָבְנִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·ḇə·nîn
                
                
                     are stalling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2084 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to buy, gain <BR> 1a) (P'al) gain (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·ḇə·nîn
         are stalling 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nā
                
                
                     for time , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nā
         for time , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         because 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵית֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵית֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zê·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     you see 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zê·ṯō·wn
         you see 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            מִנִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nî
                
                
                     my 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nî
         my 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     word 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         word 
    
 
        
            אַזְדָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַזְדָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’az·dā
                
                
                     is final . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        230 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’az·dā
         is final . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            If you do not tell me the dream, there is only one decree for you. You have conspired to speak before me false and fraudulent words, hoping the situation will change. Therefore tell me the dream, and I will know that you can give me its interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            הֵן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên-
                
                
                     If 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên-
         If 
    
 
        
            לָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     you do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         you do not 
    
 
        
            תְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּ֜נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּ֜נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·hō·wḏ·‘un·na·nî
                
                
                     tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·hō·wḏ·‘un·na·nî
         tell me 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream , 
    
 
        
            הִ֣יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֣יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     [there] is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         [there] is 
    
 
        
            חֲדָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲדָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏāh-
                
                
                     [only] one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏāh-
         [only] one 
    
 
        
            דָֽתְכ֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָֽתְכ֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·ṯə·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     decree for you . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·ṯə·ḵō·wn
         decree for you . 
    
 
        
            הַזְמִנְתּוּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזְמִנְתּוּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·min·tūn
                
                
                     You have conspired 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2164 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to agree together, appoint a time <BR> 1a) (Ithpael) to agree beforehand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·min·tūn
         You have conspired 
    
 
        
            לְמֵאמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֵאמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mê·mar
                
                
                     to speak 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mê·mar
         to speak 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·may
                
                
                     before me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·may
         before me 
    
 
        
            כִדְבָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִדְבָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵiḏ·ḇāh
                
                
                     false 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3538 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) false, lying 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵiḏ·ḇāh
         false 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁחִיתָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁחִיתָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
                
                
                     and fraudulent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to corrupt <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) corrupt (participle) <BR> 1a2) fault (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
         and fraudulent 
    
 
        
            וּמִלָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lāh
                
                
                     words , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lāh
         words , 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     hoping 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         hoping 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nā
                
                
                     the situation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nā
         the situation 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁתַּנֵּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁתַּנֵּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·tan·nê
                
                
                     will change . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·tan·nê
         will change . 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            אֱמַ֣רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמַ֣רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ma·rū
                
                
                     tell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ma·rū
         tell 
    
 
        
            לִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         me 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream , 
    
 
        
            וְֽאִנְדַּ֕ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽאִנְדַּ֕ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’in·da‘
                
                
                     and I will know 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’in·da‘
         and I will know 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            תְּהַחֲוֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּהַחֲוֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ha·ḥă·wun·na·nî
                
                
                     you can give me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ha·ḥă·wun·na·nî
         you can give me 
    
 
        
            פִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     its interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄iš·rêh
         its interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The astrologers answered the king, “No one on earth can do what the king requests! No king, however great and powerful, has ever asked anything like this of any magician, enchanter, or astrologer.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כַשְׂדָּיֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַשְׂדָּיֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵaś·då̄·yē
                
                
                     The astrologers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵaś·då̄·yē
         The astrologers 
    
 
        
            קֳדָם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲנ֨וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנ֨וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nōw
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nōw
         answered 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
 
        
            וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     “ No 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         “ No 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשׁ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשׁ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāš
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāš
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         one 
    
 
        
            יַבֶּשְׁתָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַבֶּשְׁתָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yab·beš·tā
                
                
                     on earth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3007 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the earth (as a planet) <BR> 2) dry land 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yab·beš·tā
         on earth 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יוּכַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוּכַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yū·ḵal
                
                
                     can 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yū·ḵal
         can 
    
 
        
            לְהַחֲוָיָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַחֲוָיָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
                
                
                     do 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
         do 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     what the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         what the king 
    
 
        
            מִלַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·laṯ
                
                
                     requests ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·laṯ
         requests ! 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     No 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         No 
    
 
        
            מֶ֙לֶךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֙לֶךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king , 
    
 
        
            רַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     however great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         however great 
    
 
        
            וְשַׁלִּ֔יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׁלִּ֔יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     and powerful , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šal·lîṭ
         and powerful , 
    
 
        
            שְׁאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·’êl
                
                
                     has ever asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7593 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask for, request <BR> 1a2) to enquire for or about 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·’êl
         has ever asked 
    
 
        
            מִלָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lāh
                
                
                     anything 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lāh
         anything 
    
 
        
            כִדְנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִדְנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵiḏ·nāh
                
                
                     like this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵiḏ·nāh
         like this 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     of any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         of any 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֹּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֹּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥarṭ·ṭōm
                
                
                     magician , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magician, magician-astrologer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥarṭ·ṭōm
         magician , 
    
 
        
            וְאָשַׁ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָשַׁ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·šap̄
                
                
                     enchanter , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·šap̄
         enchanter , 
    
 
        
            וְכַשְׂדָּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַשְׂדָּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵaś·dāy
                
                
                     or astrologer . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵaś·dāy
         or astrologer . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            What the king requests is so difficult that no one can tell it to him except the gods, whose dwelling is not with mortals.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יַקִּירָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַקִּירָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaq·qî·rāh
                
                
                     is so difficult 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rare, noble, famous, difficult <BR> 1a) honourable <BR> 1b) difficult (meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaq·qî·rāh
         is so difficult 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     that no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         that no 
    
 
        
            וְאָחֳרָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָחֳרָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḥo·rān
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḥo·rān
         one 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            יְחַוִּנַּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְחַוִּנַּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḥaw·win·nah
                
                
                     can tell it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḥaw·win·nah
         can tell it 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         to 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         him 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     except 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         except 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     the gods , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         the gods , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whose 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whose 
    
 
        
            מְדָ֣רְה֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדָ֣רְה֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏā·rə·hō·wn
                
                
                     dwelling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏā·rə·hō·wn
         dwelling 
    
 
        
            אִיתֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯō·w·hî
                
                
                     is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯō·w·hî
         is 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         not 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׂרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׂרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biś·rā
                
                
                     mortals . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biś·rā
         mortals . ” 
    
 
        
            וּמִלְּתָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלְּתָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lə·ṯā
         - 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     What 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         What 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kāh
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kāh
         the king 
    
 
        
            שָׁאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·’êl
                
                
                     requests 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7593 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask for, request <BR> 1a2) to enquire for or about 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·’êl
         requests 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This response made the king so angry and furious that he gave orders to destroy all the wise men of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     This [response] {made} 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         This [response] {made} 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֑יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֑יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     so 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         so 
    
 
        
            וּקְצַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְצַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·ṣap̄
                
                
                     furious 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7108 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be or become angry, be wroth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·ṣap̄
         furious 
    
 
        
            בְּנַ֖ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנַ֖ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nas
                
                
                     with anger 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1149 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be angry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nas
         with anger 
    
 
        
            וַאֲמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·mar
                
                
                     that he gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·mar
         that he gave orders 
    
 
        
            לְה֣וֹבָדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְה֣וֹבָדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
                
                
                     to destroy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
         to destroy 
    
 
        
            לְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl
         all 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the decree went out that the wise men were to be executed, and men went to look for Daniel and his friends to execute them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדָתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·ṯā
                
                
                     So the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·ṯā
         So the decree 
    
 
        
            נֶפְקַ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶפְקַ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nep̄·qaṯ
                
                
                     went out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nep̄·qaṯ
         went out 
    
 
        
            וְחַכִּֽימַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַכִּֽימַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥak·kî·may·yā
                
                
                     that the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥak·kî·may·yā
         that the wise men 
    
 
        
            מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·qaṭ·ṭə·lîn
                
                
                     were to be executed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·qaṭ·ṭə·lîn
         were to be executed , 
    
 
        
            וּבְע֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְע֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘ōw
                
                
                     and men went to look for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘ōw
         and men went to look for 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֥אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֥אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְחַבְר֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַבְר֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his friends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) associate, companion, friend, comrade, fellow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
         and his friends 
    
 
        
            לְהִתְקְטָלָֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהִתְקְטָלָֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hiṯ·qə·ṭā·lāh
                
                
                     to execute them . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hiṯ·qə·ṭā·lāh
         to execute them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When Arioch, the commander of the king’s guard, went out to execute the wise men of Babylon, Daniel responded with discretion and tact.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         When 
    
 
        
            לְאַרְי֕וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַרְי֕וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ar·yō·wḵ
                
                
                     Arioch , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        746 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arioch = |lion-like|<BR> 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer <BR> 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ar·yō·wḵ
         Arioch , 
    
 
        
            רַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ-
                
                
                     the commander 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ-
         the commander 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     of the king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         of the king’s 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            טַבָּחַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבָּחַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bā·ḥay·yā
                
                
                     guard , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2877 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bodyguard, executioner, guardsmen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bā·ḥay·yā
         guard , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            נְפַ֣ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְפַ֣ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·p̄aq
                
                
                     had gone out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·p̄aq
         had gone out 
    
 
        
            לְקַטָּלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַטָּלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qaṭ·ṭā·lāh
                
                
                     to execute 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qaṭ·ṭā·lāh
         to execute 
    
 
        
            לְחַכִּימֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחַכִּימֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon , 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֗אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֗אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            הֲתִיב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲתִיב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·ṯîḇ
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, come back <BR> 1a) (P'al) to return, come back <BR> 1b) (Aphel) <BR> 1b1) to restore, give back, answer <BR> 1b2) to return 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·ṯîḇ
         replied 
    
 
        
            עֵטָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵטָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ṭā
                
                
                     with discretion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5843 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ṭā
         with discretion 
    
 
        
            וּטְעֵ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּטְעֵ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     and tact . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṭə·‘êm
         and tact . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Why is the decree from the king so harsh?” he asked. Then Arioch explained the situation to Daniel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     “ Why 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         “ Why 
    
 
        
            מָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָתָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָתָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·ṯā
                
                
                     is the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·ṯā
         is the decree 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            מְהַחְצְפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהַחְצְפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·haḥ·ṣə·p̄āh
                
                
                     so harsh ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2685 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to be urgent, harsh, show insolence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·haḥ·ṣə·p̄āh
         so harsh ? ” 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     he asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         he asked 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְאַרְיוֹךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַרְיוֹךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ar·yō·wḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        746 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arioch = |lion-like|<BR> 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer <BR> 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ar·yō·wḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         - 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּיטָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּיטָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lî·ṭā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lî·ṭā
         - 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         - . 
    
 
        
            אֱדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     At this time 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         At this time 
    
 
        
            אַרְי֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְי֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yō·wḵ
                
                
                     Arioch 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        746 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arioch = |lion-like|<BR> 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer <BR> 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yō·wḵ
         Arioch 
    
 
        
            הוֹדַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹדַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḏa‘
                
                
                     explained 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḏa‘
         explained 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the situation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         the situation 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּֽאל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּֽאל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Daniel went in and asked the king to give him some time, so that he could give him the interpretation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     So Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         So Daniel 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     went in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         went in 
    
 
        
            וּבְעָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְעָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘āh
                
                
                     and asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘āh
         and asked 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִנְתֵּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִנְתֵּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yin·tên-
                
                
                     to give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yin·tên-
         to give 
    
 
        
            לֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         him 
    
 
        
            זְמָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·mān
                
                
                     some time , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·mān
         some time , 
    
 
        
            לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
                
                
                     so that he could give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
         so that he could give 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     [him] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         [him] 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     the interpretation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rā
         the interpretation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Daniel returned to his house and explained the matter to his friends Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֥יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֥יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            אֲזַ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲזַ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·zal
                
                
                     returned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, to go off <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go, go off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·zal
         returned 
    
 
        
            לְבַיְתֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַיְתֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇay·ṯêh
                
                
                     to his house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇay·ṯêh
         to his house 
    
 
        
            הוֹדַֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹדַֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḏa‘
                
                
                     and explained 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḏa‘
         and explained 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the matter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         the matter 
    
 
        
            חַבְר֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַבְר֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
                
                
                     to his friends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) associate, companion, friend, comrade, fellow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
         to his friends 
    
 
        
            וְ֠לַחֲנַנְיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠לַחֲנַנְיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·ḥă·nan·yāh
                
                
                     Hananiah , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hananiah = |God has favoured|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord. See also, 'Shadrach' ( H07714 or H07715) <BR> 2) one of the 14 sons of Heman and chief of the 16th course <BR> 3) a general in the army of King Uzziah <BR> 4) father of Zedekiah in the time of Jehoiakim <BR> 5) son of Azur, a Benjamite of Gibeon and a false prophet in the reign of Zedekiah king of Judah <BR> 6) grandfather of Irijah, the captain of the ward at the gate of Benjamin who arrested Jeremiah on the charge of deserting to the Chaldeans <BR> 7) a head of a Benjamite house <BR> 8) son of Zerubbabel from whom Christ derived His descent also called 'Joanna' by Luke <BR> 9) one of the sons of Bebai who returned with Ezra from Babylon <BR> 10) a priest, one of the makers of the sacred ointments and incense, who built a portion of the wall of Jerusalem in the days of Nehemiah <BR> 11) head of the priestly course of Jeremiah in the days of Joiakim <BR> 12) ruler of the palace at Jerusalem under Nehemiah and also, along with Hanani, the Tirshatha's brother, entrusted with the arrangements of guarding the gates of Jerusalem <BR> 13) Two post exilic Israelites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·ḥă·nan·yāh
         Hananiah , 
    
 
        
            מִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·šā·’êl
                
                
                     Mishael , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4333 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mishael = |who is what God is|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·šā·’êl
         Mishael , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲזַרְיָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲזַרְיָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·zar·yāh
                
                
                     and Azariah , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5839 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Azariah = |Jehovah has helped|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Abednego' ( H05664 or H05665) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·zar·yāh
         and Azariah , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            urging them to plead for mercy from the God of heaven concerning this mystery, so that Daniel and his friends would not be killed with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְמִבְעֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִבְעֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miḇ·‘ê
                
                
                     urging them to plead 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miḇ·‘ê
         urging them to plead 
    
 
        
            וְרַחֲמִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַחֲמִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ra·ḥă·mîn
                
                
                     for mercy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7359 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) compassion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ra·ḥă·mîn
         for mercy 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳדָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         from 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     concerning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         concerning 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            רָזָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zāh
                
                
                     mystery , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zāh
         mystery , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     so that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         so that 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֣אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֣אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְחַבְר֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַבְר֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his friends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) associate, companion, friend, comrade, fellow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaḇ·rō·w·hî
         and his friends 
    
 
        
            לָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     would not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         would not 
    
 
        
            יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·ḇə·ḏūn
                
                
                     be killed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·ḇə·ḏūn
         be killed 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            שְׁאָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁאָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·’ār
                
                
                     the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·’ār
         the rest 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     of the wise [men] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         of the wise [men] 
    
 
        
            בָבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            During the night, the mystery was revealed to Daniel in a vision, and he blessed the God of heaven
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֗יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֗יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     During 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         During 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         
    
 
        
            לֵילְיָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵילְיָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lə·yā
                
                
                     the night , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3916 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lə·yā
         the night , 
    
 
        
            רָזָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zāh
                
                
                     the mystery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zāh
         the mystery 
    
 
        
            גֲלִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֲלִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡă·lî
                
                
                     was revealed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡă·lî
         was revealed 
    
 
        
            אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֛אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֛אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶזְוָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶזְוָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥez·wā
                
                
                     in a vision , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥez·wā
         in a vision , 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     and [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         and [he] 
    
 
        
            בָּרִ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרִ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·riḵ
                
                
                     blessed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) kneeling (participle) <BR> 1a2) to be blessed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bless, praise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·riḵ
         blessed 
    
 
        
            לֶאֱלָ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶאֱלָ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and declared: “Blessed be the name of God forever and ever, for wisdom and power belong to Him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         - 
    
 
        
            דָֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     and declared : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         and declared : 
    
 
        
            מְבָרַ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְבָרַ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḇā·raḵ
                
                
                     “ Blessed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) kneeling (participle) <BR> 1a2) to be blessed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bless, praise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḇā·raḵ
         “ Blessed 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         be 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֵ֤הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֵ֤הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mêh
                
                
                     the name 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mêh
         the name 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            עָלְמָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלְמָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lə·mā
                
                
                     forever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lə·mā
         forever 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֣ד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֣ד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         and 
    
 
        
            עָלְמָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלְמָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lə·mā
                
                
                     ever , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lə·mā
         ever , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         for 
    
 
        
            חָכְמְתָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָכְמְתָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
                
                
                     wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
         wisdom 
    
 
        
            וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇū·rə·ṯā
                
                
                     and power 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇū·rə·ṯā
         and power 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֵֽהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh-
                
                
                     belong to Him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh-
         belong to Him 
    
 
        
            הִֽיא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִֽיא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He changes the times and seasons; He removes kings and establishes them. He gives wisdom to the wise and knowledge to the discerning.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְ֠הוּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הוּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         He 
    
 
        
            מְהַשְׁנֵ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהַשְׁנֵ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·haš·nê
                
                
                     changes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·haš·nê
         changes 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nay·yā
                
                
                     the times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nay·yā
         the times 
    
 
        
            וְזִמְנַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִמְנַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zim·nay·yā
                
                
                     and seasons ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zim·nay·yā
         and seasons ; 
    
 
        
            מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ha‘·dêh
                
                
                     He removes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ha‘·dêh
         He removes 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     kings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         kings 
    
 
        
            וּמְהָקֵ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְהָקֵ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·hā·qêm
                
                
                     and establishes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·hā·qêm
         and establishes 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     [them] . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         [them] . 
    
 
        
            יָהֵ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָהֵ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·hêḇ
                
                
                     He gives 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·hêḇ
         He gives 
    
 
        
            חָכְמְתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָכְמְתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
                
                
                     wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
         wisdom 
    
 
        
            לְחַכִּימִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחַכִּימִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥak·kî·mîn
                
                
                     to the wise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥak·kî·mîn
         to the wise 
    
 
        
            וּמַנְדְּעָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַנְדְּעָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man·də·‘ā
                
                
                     and knowledge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knowledge, power of knowing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man·də·‘ā
         and knowledge 
    
 
        
            לְיָדְעֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיָדְעֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yā·ḏə·‘ê
                
                
                     to the discerning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yā·ḏə·‘ê
         to the discerning 
    
 
        
            בִינָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִינָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·nāh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        999 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) understanding, discernment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·nāh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He reveals the deep and hidden things; He knows what lies in darkness, and light dwells with Him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            ה֛וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֛וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         He 
    
 
        
            גָּלֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּלֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·lê
                
                
                     reveals 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·lê
         reveals 
    
 
        
            עַמִּיקָתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּיקָתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî·qā·ṯā
                
                
                     the deep 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) deep <BR> subst <BR> 2) deep things, deep mysteries 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî·qā·ṯā
         the deep 
    
 
        
            וּמְסַתְּרָתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְסַתְּרָתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·sat·tə·rā·ṯā
                
                
                     and hidden things ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5642 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to hide, remove from sight <BR> 2) (P'al) destroy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·sat·tə·rā·ṯā
         and hidden things ; 
    
 
        
            יָדַע֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַע֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘
                
                
                     He knows 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘
         He knows 
    
 
        
            מָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         what 
    
 
        
            בַחֲשׁוֹכָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַחֲשׁוֹכָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇa·ḥă·šō·w·ḵā
                
                
                     lies in darkness , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2816 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇa·ḥă·šō·w·ḵā
         lies in darkness , 
    
 
        
            וּנְהִירָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְהִירָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·hī·rå̄
                
                
                     and light 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5094 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·hī·rå̄
         and light 
    
 
        
            שְׁרֵֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁרֵֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·rê
                
                
                     dwells 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to loosen, abide, begin <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to loosen <BR> 1a2) to abide (from loosing girths for camp) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to begin, open <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be loosened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·rê
         dwells 
    
 
        
            עִמֵּ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמֵּ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mêh
                
                
                     with Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mêh
         with Him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            To You, O God of my fathers, I give thanks and praise, because You have given me wisdom and power. And now You have made known to me what we have requested, for You have made known to us the dream of the king.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָ֣ךְ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     To You , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         To You , 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     O God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         O God 
    
 
        
            אֲבָהָתִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבָהָתִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇā·hā·ṯî
                
                
                     of my fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇā·hā·ṯî
         of my fathers , 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I 
    
 
        
            מְהוֹדֵ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהוֹדֵ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hō·w·ḏê
                
                
                     give thanks 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3029 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to praise, give thanks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hō·w·ḏê
         give thanks 
    
 
        
            וּמְשַׁבַּח֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְשַׁבַּח֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·šab·baḥ
                
                
                     and praise , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to laud, praise, adulate, adore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·šab·baḥ
         and praise , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         because 
    
 
        
            יְהַ֣בְתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַ֣בְתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇt
                
                
                     You have given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇt
         You have given 
    
 
        
            לִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         me 
    
 
        
            חָכְמְתָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָכְמְתָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
                
                
                     wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ḵə·mə·ṯā
         wisdom 
    
 
        
            וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇū·rə·ṯā
                
                
                     and power . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇū·rə·ṯā
         and power . 
    
 
        
            וּכְעַ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְעַ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·‘an
                
                
                     And now 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·‘an
         And now 
    
 
        
            הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֙נִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֙נִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḏa‘·ta·nî
                
                
                     You have made known to me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḏa‘·ta·nî
         You have made known to me 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         what 
    
 
        
            בְעֵ֣ינָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְעֵ֣ינָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·‘ê·nā
                
                
                     we have requested 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·‘ê·nā
         we have requested 
    
 
        
            מִנָּ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנָּ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nāḵ
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nāḵ
         - , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         for 
    
 
        
            הוֹדַעְתֶּֽנָא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹדַעְתֶּֽנָא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḏa‘·te·nā
                
                
                     You have made known to us 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḏa‘·te·nā
         You have made known to us 
    
 
        
            מִלַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·laṯ
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·laṯ
         the dream 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     of the king . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         of the king . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore Daniel went to Arioch, whom the king had appointed to destroy the wise men of Babylon, and said to him, “Do not execute the wise men of Babylon! Bring me before the king, and I will give him the interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         went 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            אַרְי֔וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְי֔וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yō·wḵ
                
                
                     Arioch , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        746 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arioch = |lion-like|<BR> 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer <BR> 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yō·wḵ
         Arioch , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whom 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            מַנִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַנִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    man·nî
                
                
                     had appointed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to number, reckon <BR> 1a) (P'al) to number <BR> 1b) (Pael) to appoint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        man·nî
         had appointed 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹבָדָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹבָדָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
                
                
                     to destroy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
         to destroy 
    
 
        
            לְחַכִּימֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחַכִּימֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon , 
    
 
        
            אֲזַ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲזַ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·zal
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, to go off <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go, go off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·zal
         vvv 
    
 
        
            וְכֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         vvv 
    
 
        
            אֲמַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar-
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar-
         and said 
    
 
        
            לֵ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     to him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         to him , 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     “ Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         “ Do not 
    
 
        
            תְּהוֹבֵ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּהוֹבֵ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·hō·w·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     execute 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·hō·w·ḇêḏ
         execute 
    
 
        
            לְחַכִּימֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחַכִּימֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon ! 
    
 
        
            הַעֵ֙לְנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַעֵ֙לְנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·‘ê·lə·nî
                
                
                     Bring me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·‘ê·lə·nî
         Bring me 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         before 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
 
        
            אֲחַוֵּֽא׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחַוֵּֽא׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥaw·wê
                
                
                     and I will give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥaw·wê
         and I will give 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         him 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     the interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rā
         the interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Arioch hastily brought Daniel before the king and said to him, “I have found a man among the exiles from Judah who will tell the king the interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַרְיוֹךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיוֹךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yō·wḵ
                
                
                     Arioch 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        746 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arioch = |lion-like|<BR> 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer <BR> 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yō·wḵ
         Arioch 
    
 
        
            בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
                
                
                     hastily 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
         hastily 
    
 
        
            אֱדַ֤יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֤יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַנְעֵ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְעֵ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·‘êl
                
                
                     brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·‘êl
         brought 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         before 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְכֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲמַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar-
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar-
         and said 
    
 
        
            לֵ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     to him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         to him , 
    
 
        
            הַשְׁכַּ֤חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְׁכַּ֤חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·ka·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     “ I have found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·ka·ḥaṯ
         “ I have found 
    
 
        
            גְּבַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּבַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇar
                
                
                     a man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇar
         a man 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         among 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the exiles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the exiles 
    
 
        
            גָֽלוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָֽלוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡā·lū·ṯā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡā·lū·ṯā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            יְה֔וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְה֔וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hūḏ
                
                
                     from Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Judah-the territory of the tribe of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hūḏ
         from Judah 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         who 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹדַֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹדַֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·w·ḏa‘
                
                
                     will tell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·w·ḏa‘
         will tell 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            פִשְׁרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִשְׁרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     the interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄iš·rā
         the interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king responded to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, “Are you able to tell me what I saw in the dream, as well as its interpretation?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     responded 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         responded 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whose 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whose 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mêh
                
                
                     name 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mêh
         name 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     was Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         was Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            הַאִיתַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַאִיתַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ʾī·ṯa·yiḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ʾī·ṯa·yiḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּהֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּהֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·hêl
                
                
                     “ Are you able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3546 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be able 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·hêl
         “ Are you able 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֛נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֛נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
                
                
                     to tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
         to tell me 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         what 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêṯ
                
                
                     I saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêṯ
         I saw 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     in the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         in the dream , 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     as well as its interpretation ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         as well as its interpretation ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Daniel answered the king, “No wise man, enchanter, medium, or magician can explain to the king the mystery of which he inquires.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יָכְלִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכְלִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lîn
                
                
                     can 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lîn
         can 
    
 
        
            לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
                
                
                     explain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
         explain 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     to the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         to the king 
    
 
        
            רָזָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zāh
                
                
                     the mystery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zāh
         the mystery 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of which 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         [he] 
    
 
        
            שָׁאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·’êl
                
                
                     inquires . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7593 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask for, request <BR> 1a2) to enquire for or about 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·’êl
         inquires . 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּ֛אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּ֛אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         answered 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            לָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     “ No 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         “ No 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mîn
                
                
                     wise man , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mîn
         wise man , 
    
 
        
            אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šə·p̄în
                
                
                     enchanter , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šə·p̄în
         enchanter , 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֻמִּין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמִּין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭum·mîn
                
                
                     medium , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magician, magician-astrologer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭum·mîn
         medium , 
    
 
        
            גָּזְרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּזְרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·zə·rîn
                
                
                     or magician 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·zə·rîn
         or magician 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries, and He has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will happen in the latter days. Your dream and the visions that came into your mind as you lay on your bed were these:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּרַ֡ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַ֡ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ram
                
                
                     But 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, nevertheless, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ram
         But 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     there is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         there is 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֤הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֤הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     a God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         a God 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·may·yā
                
                
                     in heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·may·yā
         in heaven 
    
 
        
            גָּלֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּלֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·lê
                
                
                     who reveals 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·lê
         who reveals 
    
 
        
            רָזִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zîn
                
                
                     mysteries , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zîn
         mysteries , 
    
 
        
            וְהוֹדַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹדַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·w·ḏa‘
                
                
                     and He has made known 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·w·ḏa‘
         and He has made known 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     to King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         to King 
    
 
        
            נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            מָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         what 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     will happen 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         will happen 
    
 
        
            בְּאַחֲרִ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַחֲרִ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’a·ḥă·rîṯ
                
                
                     in the latter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, latter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’a·ḥă·rîṯ
         in the latter 
    
 
        
            יוֹמַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·may·yā
                
                
                     days . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·may·yā
         days . 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·māḵ
                
                
                     Your dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·māḵ
         Your dream 
    
 
        
            וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     and the visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wê
         and the visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשָׁ֛ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשָׁ֛ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šāḵ
                
                
                     that came into your mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šāḵ
         that came into your mind 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     as you lay on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         as you lay on 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇāḵ
                
                
                     your bed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇāḵ
         your bed 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     were these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         were these 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As you lay on your bed, O king, your thoughts turned to the future, and the Revealer of Mysteries made known to you what will happen.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֣נְתְּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֣נְתְּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·təh
                
                
                     As you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·təh
         As you 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     lay on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         lay on 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇāḵ
                
                
                     your bed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇāḵ
         your bed , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            רַעְיוֹנָךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַעְיוֹנָךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra‘·yō·w·nāḵ
                
                
                     your thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra‘·yō·w·nāḵ
         your thoughts 
    
 
        
            סְלִ֔קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְלִ֔קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·li·qū
                
                
                     turned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·li·qū
         turned 
    
 
        
            מָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         to 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     the future 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         the future 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְגָלֵ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגָלֵ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡā·lê
                
                
                     and the Revealer 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡā·lê
         and the Revealer 
    
 
        
            רָזַיָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזַיָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zay·yā
                
                
                     of Mysteries 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zay·yā
         of Mysteries 
    
 
        
            הוֹדְעָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹדְעָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·wḏ·‘āḵ
                
                
                     made known to you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·wḏ·‘āḵ
         made known to you 
    
 
        
            מָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh-
         what 
    
 
        
            דִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     will happen . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         will happen . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And to me this mystery has been revealed, not because I have more wisdom than any man alive, but in order that the interpretation might be made known to the king, and that you may understand the thoughts of your mind.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nāh
                
                
                     And to me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nāh
         And to me 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            רָזָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zā
                
                
                     mystery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zā
         mystery 
    
 
        
            גֱּלִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֱּלִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gĕ·lî
                
                
                     has been revealed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gĕ·lî
         has been revealed 
    
 
        
            לִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         , 
    
 
        
            לָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         not 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         because 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     I have 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         I have 
    
 
        
            בִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî
         
    
 
        
            בְחָכְמָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחָכְמָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
                
                
                     more wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
         more wisdom 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     than 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         than 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     any man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         any man 
    
 
        
            חַיַּיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיַּיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yay·yā
                
                
                     alive , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yay·yā
         alive , 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     but 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         but 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in order that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in order that 
    
 
        
            דִּבְרַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבְרַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    diḇ·raṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cause, reason 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        diḇ·raṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פִשְׁרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִשְׁרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     the interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄iš·rā
         the interpretation 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹדְע֔וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹדְע֔וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn
                
                
                     might be made known 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn
         might be made known 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     to the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         to the king , 
    
 
        
            תִּנְדַּֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּנְדַּֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tin·da‘
                
                
                     and that you may understand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tin·da‘
         and that you may understand 
    
 
        
            וְרַעְיוֹנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַעְיוֹנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ra‘·yō·w·nê
                
                
                     the thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ra‘·yō·w·nê
         the thoughts 
    
 
        
            לִבְבָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְבָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·ḇāḵ
                
                
                     of your mind . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·ḇāḵ
         of your mind . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As you, O king, were watching, a great statue appeared. A great and dazzling statue stood before you, and its form was awesome.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֣נְתְּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֣נְתְּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·təh
                
                
                     As you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·təh
         As you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     were watching , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         were watching , 
    
 
        
            הֲוַ֙יְתָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוַ֙יְתָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·way·ṯā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·way·ṯā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḏ
                
                
                     a 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḏ
         a 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֔יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֔יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         great 
    
 
        
            צְלֵ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְלֵ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·lêm
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·lêm
         statue 
    
 
        
            וַאֲל֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲל֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·lū
                
                
                     appeared . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·lū
         appeared . 
    
 
        
            דִּכֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּכֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dik·kên
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dik·kên
         
    
 
        
            רַ֛ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֛ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     A great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         A great 
    
 
        
            וְזִיוֵ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִיוֵ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zî·wêh
                
                
                     and dazzling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zî·wêh
         and dazzling 
    
 
        
            צַלְמָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְמָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·mā
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·mā
         statue 
    
 
        
            יַתִּ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tîr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tîr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קָאֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָאֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·’êm
                
                
                     stood 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·’êm
         stood 
    
 
        
            לְקָבְלָ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקָבְלָ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qā·ḇə·lāḵ
                
                
                     before you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qā·ḇə·lāḵ
         before you , 
    
 
        
            וְרֵוֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרֵוֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rê·wêh
                
                
                     and its form 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7299 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rê·wêh
         and its form 
    
 
        
            דְּחִֽיל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּחִֽיל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḥîl
                
                
                     [was] awesome . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḥîl
         [was] awesome . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The head of the statue was pure gold, its chest and arms were silver, its belly and thighs were bronze,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         - 
    
 
        
            רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šêh
                
                
                     The head 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šêh
         The head 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            צַלְמָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְמָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·mā
                
                
                     of the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·mā
         of the statue 
    
 
        
            טָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭāḇ
                
                
                     was pure 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) good 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭāḇ
         was pure 
    
 
        
            דְהַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְהַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·haḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·haḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            חֲד֥וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲד֥וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏō·w·hî
                
                
                     its chest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2306 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breast, chest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏō·w·hî
         its chest 
    
 
        
            וּדְרָע֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּדְרָע֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḏə·rā·‘ō·w·hî
                
                
                     and arms 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḏə·rā·‘ō·w·hî
         and arms 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְסַ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְסַ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·sap̄
                
                
                     were silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·sap̄
         were silver , 
    
 
        
            מְע֥וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְע֥וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘ō·w·hî
                
                
                     its belly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4577 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) external belly, abdomen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘ō·w·hî
         its belly 
    
 
        
            וְיַרְכָתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַרְכָתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yar·ḵā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and thighs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thigh, loin, flank, side, recess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yar·ḵā·ṯêh
         and thighs 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְחָֽשׁ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָֽשׁ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥāš
                
                
                     were bronze , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥāš
         were bronze , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            its legs were iron, and its feet were part iron and part clay.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שָׁק֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁק֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·qō·w·hî
                
                
                     its legs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8243 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leg (lower) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·qō·w·hî
         its legs 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     were iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         were iron , 
    
 
        
            רַגְל֕וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְל֕וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     and its feet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lō·w·hî
         and its feet 
    
 
        
            מִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     were part 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nə·hōn
         were part 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         iron 
    
 
        
            וּמִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     and part 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nə·hōn
         and part 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲסַֽף׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲסַֽף׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·sap̄
                
                
                     clay . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·sap̄
         clay . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As you watched, a stone was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay, and crushed them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֲוַ֗יְתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוַ֗יְתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·way·ṯā
                
                
                     As you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·way·ṯā
         As you 
    
 
        
            עַ֠ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֠ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         - 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            אֶ֙בֶן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֙בֶן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     a stone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         a stone 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·gə·ze·reṯ
                
                
                     was cut out , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·gə·ze·reṯ
         was cut out , 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     but not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         but not 
    
 
        
            בִידַ֔יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִידַ֔יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     by human hands . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·ḏa·yin
         by human hands . 
    
 
        
            וּמְחָ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְחָ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·ḥāṯ
                
                
                     It struck 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to strike <BR> 1b) (Pael) to hinder <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to allow to be stricken 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·ḥāṯ
         It struck 
    
 
        
            לְצַלְמָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצַלְמָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣal·mā
                
                
                     the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣal·mā
         the statue 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            רַגְל֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְל֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     its feet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lō·w·hî
         its feet 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         iron 
    
 
        
            וְחַסְפָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַסְפָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥas·pā
                
                
                     and clay , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥas·pā
         and clay , 
    
 
        
            וְהַדֵּ֖קֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדֵּ֖קֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·dê·qeṯ
                
                
                     and crushed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·dê·qeṯ
         and crushed 
    
 
        
            הִמּֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִמּֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    him·mō·wn
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, them <BR> 1a) they (subject) <BR> 1b) them (object) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        him·mō·wn
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the iron, clay, bronze, silver, and gold were shattered and became like chaff on the threshing floor in summer. The wind carried them away, and not a trace of them could be found. But the stone that had struck the statue became a great mountain and filled the whole earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            פַּרְזְלָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְזְלָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zə·lā
                
                
                     the iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zə·lā
         the iron , 
    
 
        
            חַסְפָּ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַסְפָּ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥas·pā
                
                
                     clay , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥas·pā
         clay , 
    
 
        
            נְחָשָׁ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָשָׁ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥā·šā
                
                
                     bronze , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥā·šā
         bronze , 
    
 
        
            כַּסְפָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּסְפָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kas·pā
                
                
                     silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kas·pā
         silver , 
    
 
        
            וְדַהֲבָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַהֲבָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     and gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
         and gold 
    
 
        
            דָּ֣קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֣קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·qū
                
                
                     were shattered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·qū
         were shattered 
    
 
        
            כַחֲדָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַחֲדָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵa·ḥă·ḏāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵa·ḥă·ḏāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַהֲווֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲווֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·wōw
                
                
                     and became 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·wōw
         and became 
    
 
        
            כְּע֣וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּע֣וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘ūr
                
                
                     like chaff 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chaff 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘ūr
         like chaff 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         on 
    
 
        
            אִדְּרֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִדְּרֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’id·də·rê-
                
                
                     the threshing floor 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) threshing floor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’id·də·rê-
         the threshing floor 
    
 
        
            קַ֔יִט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַ֔יִט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qa·yiṭ
                
                
                     in summer . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7007 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) summer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qa·yiṭ
         in summer . 
    
 
        
            רוּחָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥā
                
                
                     The wind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥā
         The wind 
    
 
        
            הִמּוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִמּוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    him·mō·wn
                
                
                     carried them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, them <BR> 1a) they (subject) <BR> 1b) them (object) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        him·mō·wn
         carried them 
    
 
        
            וּנְשָׂ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְשָׂ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·śā
                
                
                     away , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear, take, carry <BR> 1a) (P'al) to take <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to make a rising, make an insurrection 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·śā
         away , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         not 
    
 
        
            אֲתַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯar
                
                
                     a trace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) track, place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯar
         a trace 
    
 
        
            לְה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     of them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wn
         of them 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tă·ḵaḥ
                
                
                     could be found . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tă·ḵaḥ
         could be found . 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנָ֣א׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנָ֣א׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nā
                
                
                     But the stone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nā
         But the stone 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            מְחָ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְחָ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḥāṯ
                
                
                     had struck 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to strike <BR> 1b) (Pael) to hinder <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to allow to be stricken 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḥāṯ
         had struck 
    
 
        
            לְצַלְמָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצַלְמָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣal·mā
                
                
                     the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣal·mā
         the statue 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāṯ
                
                
                     became 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāṯ
         became 
    
 
        
            רַ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         a great 
    
 
        
            לְט֥וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְט֥וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṭūr
                
                
                     mountain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2906 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṭūr
         mountain 
    
 
        
            וּמְלָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְלָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·lāṯ
                
                
                     and filled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4391 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to fill <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be filled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·lāṯ
         and filled 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This was the dream; now we will tell the king its interpretation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְּנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         This 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     was the dream ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         was the dream ; 
    
 
        
            נֵאמַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵאמַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·mar
                
                
                     now we will tell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·mar
         now we will tell 
    
 
        
            קֳדָם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     its interpretation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         its interpretation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You, O king, are the king of kings, to whom the God of heaven has given sovereignty, power, strength, and glory.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֣נְתְּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֣נְתְּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·təh
                
                
                     You , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·təh
         You , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            מֶ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     are the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         are the king 
    
 
        
            מַלְכַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     of kings , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵay·yā
         of kings , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     to whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         to whom 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            יְהַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇ-
                
                
                     has given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇ-
         has given 
    
 
        
            לָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     sovereignty , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         sovereignty , 
    
 
        
            חִסְנָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִסְנָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥis·nā
                
                
                     power , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) power, strength, power (of the king), (royal) power 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥis·nā
         power , 
    
 
        
            וְתָקְפָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתָקְפָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯā·qə·pā
                
                
                     strength , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯā·qə·pā
         strength , 
    
 
        
            וִֽיקָרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִֽיקָרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qā·rā
                
                
                     and glory . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qā·rā
         and glory . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Wherever the sons of men or beasts of the field or birds of the air dwell, He has given them into your hand and has made you ruler over them all. You are that head of gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     Wherever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         Wherever 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּֽנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּֽנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         the sons 
    
 
        
            אֲ֠נָשָׁא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲ֠נָשָׁא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     of men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         of men 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     or beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         or beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field 
    
 
        
            וְעוֹף־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעוֹף־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ō·wp̄-
                
                
                     or birds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ō·wp̄-
         or birds 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of the air 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of the air 
    
 
        
            דָאֲרִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָאֲרִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
                
                
                     dwell , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
         dwell , 
    
 
        
            יְהַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇ
                
                
                     He has given [them] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇ
         He has given [them] 
    
 
        
            בִּידָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּידָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·ḏāḵ
                
                
                     into your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·ḏāḵ
         into your hand 
    
 
        
            וְהַשְׁלְטָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַשְׁלְטָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·lə·ṭāḵ
                
                
                     and has made you ruler 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·lə·ṭāḵ
         and has made you ruler 
    
 
        
            בְּכָלְּה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָלְּה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl·lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     over them all . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl·lə·hō·wn
         over them all . 
    
 
        
            אַנְתְּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתְּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’an·tāh
                
                
                     You [are] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’an·tāh
         You [are] 
    
 
        
            ה֔וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֔וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         that 
    
 
        
            רֵאשָׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשָׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šāh
                
                
                     head 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šāh
         head 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            דַהֲבָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַהֲבָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏa·hă·ḇā
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But after you, there will arise another kingdom, inferior to yours. Next, a third kingdom, one of bronze, will rule the whole earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבָתְרָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָתְרָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·ṯə·rāḵ
                
                
                     But after you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) track, place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·ṯə·rāḵ
         But after you , 
    
 
        
            תְּק֛וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּק֛וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qūm
                
                
                     there will arise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qūm
         there will arise 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     another 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rî
         another 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū
                
                
                     kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū
         kingdom , 
    
 
        
            אֲרַ֣עא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲרַ֣עא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾă·ra·ʿ
                
                
                     inferior 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾă·ra·ʿ
         inferior 
    
 
        
            מִנָּ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנָּ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nāḵ
                
                
                     to yours . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nāḵ
         to yours . 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     Next, a 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rî
         Next, a 
    
 
        
            תְלִיתָיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְלִיתָיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·lī·ṯå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     third 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third <BR> 1a) third (the ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·lī·ṯå̄·yå̄
         third 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū
                
                
                     kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū
         kingdom , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     one of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         one of 
    
 
        
            נְחָשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥā·šā
                
                
                     bronze , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥā·šā
         bronze , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁלַ֖ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁלַ֖ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·laṭ
                
                
                     will rule 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·laṭ
         will rule 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         the whole 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Finally, there will be a fourth kingdom as strong as iron; for iron shatters and crushes all things, and like iron that crushes all things, it will shatter and crush all the others.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     Finally, there will be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wê
         Finally, there will be 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄h
                
                
                     a fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄h
         a fourth 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū
                
                
                     kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū
         kingdom 
    
 
        
            תַקִּיפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַקִּיפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯaq·qî·p̄āh
                
                
                     as strong 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strong, mighty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯaq·qî·p̄āh
         as strong 
    
 
        
            כְּפַרְזְלָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּפַרְזְלָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     as iron ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·p̄ar·zə·lā
         as iron ; 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         for 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         iron 
    
 
        
            מְהַדֵּ֤ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהַדֵּ֤ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·had·dêq
                
                
                     shatters 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·had·dêq
         shatters 
    
 
        
            וְחָשֵׁל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחָשֵׁל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥā·šêl
                
                
                     and crushes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2827 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to subdue, crush, shatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥā·šêl
         and crushes 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֔לָּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֔לָּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl·lā
                
                
                     all things , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl·lā
         all things , 
    
 
        
            וּֽכְפַרְזְלָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽכְפַרְזְלָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     and like iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·p̄ar·zə·lā
         and like iron 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            מְרָעַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָעַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·‘a‘
                
                
                     crushes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7490 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to crush, break, shatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·‘a‘
         crushes 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all things , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all things , 
    
 
        
            תַּדִּ֥ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּדִּ֥ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tad·diq
                
                
                     it will shatter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tad·diq
         it will shatter 
    
 
        
            וְתֵרֹֽעַ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתֵרֹֽעַ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯê·rō·a‘
                
                
                     and crush 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7490 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to crush, break, shatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯê·rō·a‘
         and crush 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lên
                
                
                     all the others . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lên
         all the others . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And just as you saw that the feet and toes were made partly of fired clay and partly of iron, so this will be a divided kingdom, yet some of the strength of iron will be in it—just as you saw the iron mixed with clay.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî-
                
                
                     And just as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî-
         And just as 
    
 
        
            חֲזַ֜יְתָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזַ֜יְתָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zay·ṯāh
                
                
                     you saw that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zay·ṯāh
         you saw that 
    
 
        
            רַגְלַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lay·yā
                
                
                     the feet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lay·yā
         the feet 
    
 
        
            וְאֶצְבְּעָתָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶצְבְּעָתָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṣ·bə·‘ā·ṯā
                
                
                     and toes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) finger, toe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṣ·bə·‘ā·ṯā
         and toes 
    
 
        
            מִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     were made 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nə·hōn
         were made 
    
 
        
            פֶחָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶחָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄e·ḥār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) potter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄e·ḥār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     partly of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         partly of 
    
 
        
            חֲסַ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲסַ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·sap̄
                
                
                     fired clay 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·sap̄
         fired clay 
    
 
        
            וּמִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     and partly of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nə·hōn
         and partly of 
    
 
        
            פַּרְזֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְזֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zel
                
                
                     iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zel
         iron , 
    
 
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wêh
                
                
                     so this will be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wêh
         so this will be 
    
 
        
            פְלִיגָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְלִיגָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·lî·ḡāh
                
                
                     a divided 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6386 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be divided 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·lî·ḡāh
         a divided 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū
                
                
                     kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū
         kingdom , 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     yet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         yet 
    
 
        
            נִצְבְּתָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִצְבְּתָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṣ·bə·ṯā
                
                
                     some of the strength 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5326 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) firmness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṣ·bə·ṯā
         some of the strength 
    
 
        
            דִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî
         of 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         iron 
    
 
        
            לֶֽהֱוֵא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶֽהֱוֵא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê-
                
                
                     will be in it — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê-
         will be in it — 
    
 
        
            בַ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇah
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇah
         
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         just as 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲזַ֔יְתָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזַ֔יְתָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zay·ṯāh
                
                
                     you saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zay·ṯāh
         you saw 
    
 
        
            פַּ֨רְזְלָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּ֨רְזְלָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zə·lā
                
                
                     the iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zə·lā
         the iron 
    
 
        
            מְעָרַ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְעָרַ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘ā·raḇ
                
                
                     mixed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6151 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, join together <BR> 1a) (Pael) mixed (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) mixed (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘ā·raḇ
         mixed 
    
 
        
            בַּחֲסַ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֲסַ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥă·sap̄
                
                
                     with clay 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥă·sap̄
         with clay 
    
 
        
            טִינָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טִינָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭî·nā
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2917 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭî·nā
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And as the toes of the feet were partly iron and partly clay, so this kingdom will be partly strong and partly brittle.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶצְבְּעָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶצְבְּעָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṣ·bə·‘āṯ
                
                
                     And as the toes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) finger, toe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṣ·bə·‘āṯ
         And as the toes 
    
 
        
            רַגְלַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lay·yā
                
                
                     of the feet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lay·yā
         of the feet 
    
 
        
            מִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     were partly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nə·hōn
         were partly 
    
 
        
            פַּרְזֶ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְזֶ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zel
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zel
         iron 
    
 
        
            וּמִנְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nə·hōn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nə·hōn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     and partly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         and partly 
    
 
        
            חֲסַ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲסַ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·sap̄
                
                
                     clay , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·sap̄
         clay , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     so this kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         so this kingdom 
    
 
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wêh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wêh
         will be 
    
 
        
            קְצָ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצָ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣāṯ
                
                
                     partly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣāṯ
         partly 
    
 
        
            תַקִּיפָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַקִּיפָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯaq·qî·p̄āh
                
                
                     strong 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strong, mighty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯaq·qî·p̄āh
         strong 
    
 
        
            וּמִנַּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנַּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nah
                
                
                     and partly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nah
         and partly 
    
 
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wêh
         - 
    
 
        
            תְבִירָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְבִירָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·ḇî·rāh
                
                
                     brittle . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break (P'al) broken in pieces (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·ḇî·rāh
         brittle . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As you saw the iron mixed with clay, so the peoples will mix with one another but will not hold together any more than iron mixes with clay.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏī
                
                
                     As 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏī
         As 
    
 
        
            חֲזַ֗יְתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזַ֗יְתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zay·ṯā
                
                
                     you saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zay·ṯā
         you saw 
    
 
        
            פַּרְזְלָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְזְלָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zə·lā
                
                
                     the iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zə·lā
         the iron 
    
 
        
            מְעָרַב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְעָרַב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘ā·raḇ
                
                
                     mixed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6151 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, join together <BR> 1a) (Pael) mixed (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) mixed (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘ā·raḇ
         mixed 
    
 
        
            בַּחֲסַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֲסַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥă·sap̄
                
                
                     with clay 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥă·sap̄
         with clay 
    
 
        
            טִינָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טִינָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭî·nā
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2917 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭî·nā
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            בִּזְרַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּזְרַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biz·ra‘
                
                
                     so the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2234 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, offspring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biz·ra‘
         so the peoples 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִתְעָרְבִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְעָרְבִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·‘ā·rə·ḇîn
                
                
                     will mix with one another 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6151 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, join together <BR> 1a) (Pael) mixed (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) mixed (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·‘ā·rə·ḇîn
         will mix with one another 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     but will not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         but will not 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָּבְקִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּבְקִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ḇə·qîn
                
                
                     hold together 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1693 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to cling 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ḇə·qîn
         hold together 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֵֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê-
                
                
                     any more 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! <BR> 2) even as, like as 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê-
         any more 
    
 
        
            כְדִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְדִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ḏî
                
                
                     than 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ḏî
         than 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         iron 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         - 
    
 
        
            מִתְעָרַ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְעָרַ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·‘ā·raḇ
                
                
                     mixes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6151 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, join together <BR> 1a) (Pael) mixed (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) mixed (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·‘ā·raḇ
         mixes 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            חַסְפָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַסְפָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥas·pā
                
                
                     clay . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥas·pā
         clay . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In the days of those kings, the God of heaven will set up a kingdom that will never be destroyed, nor will it be left to another people. It will shatter all these kingdoms and bring them to an end, but will itself stand forever.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּֽבְיוֹמֵיה֞וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽבְיוֹמֵיה֞וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·yō·w·mê·hō·wn
                
                
                     In the days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·yō·w·mê·hō·wn
         In the days 
    
 
        
            דִּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            אִנּ֗וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִנּ֗וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’in·nūn
                
                
                     of those 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those, they 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’in·nūn
         of those 
    
 
        
            מַלְכַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     kings , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵay·yā
         kings , 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            יְקִים֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקִים֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qîm
                
                
                     will set up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qîm
         will set up 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū
                
                
                     a kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū
         a kingdom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     will never 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         will never 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
                
                
                     be destroyed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1a) (Pael) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
         be destroyed , 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     nor will 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         nor will 
    
 
        
            וּמַ֨לְכוּתָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַ֨לְכוּתָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯāh
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯāh
         [it] 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·tə·ḇiq
                
                
                     be left 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7662 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, let alone <BR> 1a) (P'al) to leave, let alone <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be left 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·tə·ḇiq
         be left 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rān
                
                
                     to another 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rān
         to another 
    
 
        
            לְעַ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘am
                
                
                     people . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘am
         people . 
    
 
        
            תַּדִּ֤ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּדִּ֤ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tad·diq
                
                
                     It will shatter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tad·diq
         It will shatter 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lên
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lên
         these 
    
 
        
            מַלְכְוָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכְוָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵə·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     kingdoms 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵə·wā·ṯā
         kingdoms 
    
 
        
            וְהִ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְתָסֵיף֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתָסֵיף֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯā·sêp̄
                
                
                     and bring them to an end , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5487 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be fulfilled, be completed, come to an end <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be fulfilled, be completed <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to put an end to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯā·sêp̄
         and bring them to an end , 
    
 
        
            תְּק֥וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּק֥וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qūm
                
                
                     but will itself stand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qūm
         but will itself stand 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·may·yā
                
                
                     forever . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·may·yā
         forever . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And just as you saw a stone being cut out of the mountain without human hands, and it shattered the iron, bronze, clay, silver, and gold, so the great God has told the king what will happen in the future. The dream is true, and its interpretation is trustworthy.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     And just as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         And just as 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲזַ֡יְתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזַ֡יְתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zay·ṯā
                
                
                     you saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zay·ṯā
         you saw 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶ֜בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֜בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     a stone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         a stone 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iṯ·gə·ze·reṯ
                
                
                     being cut out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iṯ·gə·ze·reṯ
         being cut out 
    
 
        
            מִטּוּרָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִטּוּרָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṭ·ṭū·rā
                
                
                     of the mountain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2906 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṭ·ṭū·rā
         of the mountain 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     without 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         without 
    
 
        
            בִידַ֗יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִידַ֗יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     human hands , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·ḏa·yin
         human hands , 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הַדֶּקֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הַדֶּקֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·de·qeṯ
                
                
                     and it shattered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·de·qeṯ
         and it shattered 
    
 
        
            פַּרְזְלָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְזְלָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·zə·lā
                
                
                     the iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·zə·lā
         the iron , 
    
 
        
            נְחָשָׁ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָשָׁ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥā·šā
                
                
                     bronze , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥā·šā
         bronze , 
    
 
        
            חַסְפָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַסְפָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥas·pā
                
                
                     clay , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clay, potsherd 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥas·pā
         clay , 
    
 
        
            כַּסְפָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּסְפָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kas·pā
                
                
                     silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kas·pā
         silver , 
    
 
        
            וְדַהֲבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַהֲבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     and gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
         and gold , 
    
 
        
            רַב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     so the great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         so the great 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         God 
    
 
        
            הוֹדַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹדַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḏa‘
                
                
                     has told 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḏa‘
         has told 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            מָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         what 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     will happen 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         will happen 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     in the future 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         in the future 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     The dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         The dream 
    
 
        
            וְיַצִּ֥יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַצִּ֥יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yaṣ·ṣîḇ
                
                
                     is true , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n <BR> 1) the truth <BR> adv <BR> 2) surely, reliably, truly <BR> adj <BR> 3) reliable, true, certain, sure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yaṣ·ṣîḇ
         is true , 
    
 
        
            פִּשְׁרֵֽהּ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּשְׁרֵֽהּ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piš·rêh
                
                
                     and its interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piš·rêh
         and its interpretation 
    
 
        
            וּמְהֵימַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְהֵימַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·hê·man
                
                
                     is trustworthy . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to confirm, support <BR> 1a) (Aphel) <BR> 1a1) to believe in <BR> 1a2) to trust <BR> 1a3) trustworthy (pass participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·hê·man
         is trustworthy . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At this, King Nebuchadnezzar fell on his face, paid homage to Daniel, and ordered that an offering and incense be presented to him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     At this , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         At this , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            נְפַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְפַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·p̄al
                
                
                     fell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·p̄al
         fell 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            אַנְפּ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְפּ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’an·pō·w·hî
                
                
                     his face , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        600 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face, nose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’an·pō·w·hî
         his face , 
    
 
        
            סְגִ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְגִ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḡiḏ
                
                
                     paid homage 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḡiḏ
         paid homage 
    
 
        
            וּלְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel , 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     and ordered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         and ordered 
    
 
        
            וּמִנְחָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנְחָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·ḥāh
                
                
                     that an offering 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift, offering <BR> 1a) oblation, offering (to God through representative) <BR> 1b) meal offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·ḥāh
         that an offering 
    
 
        
            וְנִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nî·ḥō·ḥîn
                
                
                     of incense 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5208 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soothing, tranquillising 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nî·ḥō·ḥîn
         of incense 
    
 
        
            לְנַסָּ֥כָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְנַסָּ֥כָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·nas·sā·ḵāh
                
                
                     be presented 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour out, offer sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Pael) to pour out, offer (a sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·nas·sā·ḵāh
         be presented 
    
 
        
            לֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     to him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         to him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king said to Daniel, “Your God is truly the God of gods and Lord of kings, the Revealer of Mysteries, since you were able to reveal this mystery.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            עָנֵה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         said 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֜אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֜אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel , 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲכ֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲכ֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     “ Your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵō·wn
         “ Your God 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     is truly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         is truly 
    
 
        
            קְשֹׁט֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְשֹׁט֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·šōṭ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7187 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) truth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·šōṭ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֧הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֧הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֛ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֛ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     of gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         of gods 
    
 
        
            וּמָרֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָרֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·rê
                
                
                     and Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4756 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord <BR> 1a) of king <BR> 1b) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·rê
         and Lord 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     of kings , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         of kings , 
    
 
        
            וְגָלֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגָלֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡā·lêh
                
                
                     the Revealer 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡā·lêh
         the Revealer 
    
 
        
            רָזִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zîn
                
                
                     of Mysteries , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zîn
         of Mysteries , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     since 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         since 
    
 
        
            יְכֵ֔לְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְכֵ֔לְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḵê·lə·tā
                
                
                     you were able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḵê·lə·tā
         you were able 
    
 
        
            לְמִגְלֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִגְלֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miḡ·lê
                
                
                     to reveal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reveal <BR> 1a) (P'al) to reveal (secrets), be revealed<BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take into exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miḡ·lê
         to reveal 
    
 
        
            דְנָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            רָזָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָזָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·zāh
                
                
                     mystery . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·zāh
         mystery . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king promoted Daniel and gave him many generous gifts. He made him ruler over the entire province of Babylon and chief administrator over all the wise men of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            רַבִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bî
                
                
                     promoted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bî
         promoted 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֣אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֣אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            יְהַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇ-
                
                
                     and gave 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇ-
         and gave 
    
 
        
            לֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         him 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּיאָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּיאָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî·’ān
                
                
                     many 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî·’ān
         many 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇān
                
                
                     generous 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇān
         generous 
    
 
        
            וּמַתְּנָ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַתְּנָ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mat·tə·nān
                
                
                     gifts . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4978 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mat·tə·nān
         gifts . 
    
 
        
            וְהַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·lə·ṭêh
                
                
                     He made him ruler 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·lə·ṭêh
         He made him ruler 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         over 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the entire 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the entire 
    
 
        
            מְדִינַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִינַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·naṯ
         province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon 
    
 
        
            וְרַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ-
                
                
                     and chief 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ-
         and chief 
    
 
        
            סִגְנִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִגְנִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    siḡ·nîn
                
                
                     administrator 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prefect, governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        siḡ·nîn
         administrator 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         over 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And at Daniel’s request, the king appointed Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego to manage the province of Babylon, while Daniel remained in the king’s court.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדָנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     And at Daniel’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         And at Daniel’s 
    
 
        
            בְּעָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā
                
                
                     request , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā
         request , 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וּמַנִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַנִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man·nî
                
                
                     appointed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to number, reckon <BR> 1a) (P'al) to number <BR> 1b) (Pael) to appoint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man·nî
         appointed 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            עַ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         to 
    
 
        
            עֲבִֽידְתָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבִֽידְתָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇî·ḏə·tā
                
                
                     manage 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) work, service, ritual, worship <BR> 1a) work, administration <BR> 1b) ritual, service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇî·ḏə·tā
         manage 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְדִינַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִינַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     the province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·naṯ
         the province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon , 
    
 
        
            וְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     while Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         while Daniel 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     remained in the king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         remained in the king’s 
    
 
        
            בִּתְרַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּתְרַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṯ·ra‘
                
                
                     court . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gate, door <BR> 1a) door <BR> 1b) gate <BR> 1c) court 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṯ·ra‘
         court .